1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
516 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
523 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
525 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
526 free (alloc_extshndx
);
531 /* Look up a symbol name. */
533 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
539 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
540 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
542 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
543 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
544 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
546 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
547 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
553 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
554 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
559 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
560 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
563 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
566 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
568 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
569 signature just a string? */
572 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
575 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
576 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
577 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
579 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
580 that it is a symbol table section. */
581 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
584 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
585 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
588 /* Go read the symbol. */
589 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
590 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
591 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
594 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
597 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
600 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
602 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
604 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
605 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
608 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
610 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
611 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
612 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
615 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
616 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
617 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
618 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
619 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
621 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
625 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
631 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
637 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
638 so we can find them quickly. */
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
642 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
644 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
645 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
649 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
653 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
656 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
658 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
660 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
663 /* Add to list of sections. */
664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
667 /* Read the raw contents. */
668 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
669 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
670 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
671 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
672 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
677 /* xgettext:c-format */
678 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
679 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
680 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
704 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
705 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
713 section group should be marked with
714 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
715 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
717 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
720 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
723 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
731 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
732 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
736 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
742 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
749 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
751 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
754 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
756 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
757 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
760 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
766 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
767 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
769 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
770 /* xgettext:c-format */
771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
772 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
777 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
780 section is a member. */
782 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
786 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
787 other members to see if any others are linked via
789 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
793 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
794 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
798 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
799 insert current section in circular list. */
800 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
801 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
802 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
808 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
811 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
813 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
817 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
819 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
820 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
829 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
831 /* xgettext:c-format */
832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
840 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
843 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
844 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
847 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
851 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
853 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
854 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
855 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
856 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 bed
->link_order_error_handler
861 /* xgettext:c-format */
862 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
867 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
869 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
871 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
872 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
876 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
877 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
881 /* xgettext:c-format */
882 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
883 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
887 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
890 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
891 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
894 /* xgettext:c-format */
895 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
896 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
901 /* Process section groups. */
902 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
905 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
907 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
908 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
911 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
912 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
915 /* xgettext:c-format */
916 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
922 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
923 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
929 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
931 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
932 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
933 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
934 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
936 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
938 /* xgettext:c-format */
939 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
942 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
943 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
956 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
958 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
962 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
964 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
965 return elf_group_name (sec
);
970 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
972 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
973 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
974 if (new_name
== NULL
)
978 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
983 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
985 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
986 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
990 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
994 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
998 int16_t major_version
;
999 int16_t minor_version
;
1000 unsigned char slim_object
;
1002 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1006 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1007 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1010 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1018 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1020 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1023 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1024 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1027 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1028 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1029 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1031 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1032 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1033 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1035 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1037 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1038 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1039 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1040 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1042 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1045 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1048 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1049 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1052 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1054 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1057 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1060 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1061 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1062 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1064 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1065 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1066 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1067 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1069 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1071 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1072 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1076 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1077 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1082 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1084 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1085 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1086 if (name
[0] == '.')
1088 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1093 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1099 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1205 bfd_boolean compressed
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1281 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1283 struct lto_section lsection
;
1284 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1285 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1286 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1292 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1294 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1295 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1296 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1299 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1300 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1301 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1302 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1303 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1304 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1305 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1306 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1307 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1313 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 asection
*input_section
,
1316 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1318 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1319 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1320 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1321 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1323 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1327 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1330 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1331 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1332 should be the same. */
1335 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1336 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1338 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1339 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1340 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1341 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1343 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1344 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1346 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1349 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1350 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1351 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1352 to be the correct section. */
1355 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1356 const unsigned int hint
)
1358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1361 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1363 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1364 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1365 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1366 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1369 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1373 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1375 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1376 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1377 multiple matches ? */
1384 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1385 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1386 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1389 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1391 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1392 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1393 const unsigned int secnum
)
1395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1396 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1397 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1398 unsigned int sh_link
;
1400 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1402 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1403 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1404 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1405 matched up with the original.
1407 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1408 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1409 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1410 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1411 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1412 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1413 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1414 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1415 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1416 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1417 without any contents. */
1418 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1419 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1420 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1421 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1425 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1426 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1430 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1431 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1432 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1433 in the input bfd. */
1434 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1436 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1437 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1440 /* xgettext:c-format */
1441 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1442 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1446 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1447 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1449 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1453 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1454 if we could not find a match ? */
1456 /* xgettext:c-format */
1457 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1460 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1462 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1463 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1465 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1467 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1469 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1470 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1473 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1474 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1476 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1478 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1483 /* xgettext:c-format */
1484 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1490 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1494 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1496 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1501 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1502 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1505 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1507 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1508 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1511 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1513 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1514 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1515 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1517 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1518 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1520 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1522 /* Copy object attributes. */
1523 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1525 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1528 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1530 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1531 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1536 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1537 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1538 files. See below for more details. */
1540 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1541 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1544 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1545 fields have already been initialised. */
1546 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1547 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1550 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1551 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1552 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1554 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1556 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1559 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1561 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1562 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1564 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1565 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1566 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1567 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1568 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1569 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1574 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1577 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1578 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1579 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1580 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1582 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1584 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1587 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1588 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1589 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1591 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1592 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1593 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1594 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1595 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1596 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1597 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1598 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1599 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1600 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1602 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1607 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1609 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1610 with a NULL input section. */
1611 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1620 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1625 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1626 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1627 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1628 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1629 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1630 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1631 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1632 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1634 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1635 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1636 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1641 /* Print out the program headers. */
1644 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1646 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1649 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1651 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1656 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1657 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1658 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1660 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1665 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1668 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1669 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1670 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1673 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1674 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1675 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1676 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1677 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1678 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1679 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1681 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1682 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1683 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1684 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1689 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1692 unsigned int elfsec
;
1693 unsigned long shlink
;
1694 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1696 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1698 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1700 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1703 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1704 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1706 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1708 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1709 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1712 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1713 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1715 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1716 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1718 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1720 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1721 const char *name
= "";
1723 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1726 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1728 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1735 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1736 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1738 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1740 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1745 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1746 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1747 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1748 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1749 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1750 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1751 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1752 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1753 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1754 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1755 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1756 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1757 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1758 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1760 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1761 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1762 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1763 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1764 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1765 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1766 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1767 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1768 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1771 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1774 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1775 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1776 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1777 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1778 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1779 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1780 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1781 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1782 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1783 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1784 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1785 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1788 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1789 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1790 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1791 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1792 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1793 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1794 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1795 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1796 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1797 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1798 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1799 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1801 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1802 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1805 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1809 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1814 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1816 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1819 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1828 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1829 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1831 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1835 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1837 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1839 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1840 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1842 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1843 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1844 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1845 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1850 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1854 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1864 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1865 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1867 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1869 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1870 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1871 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1872 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1873 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1874 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 /* Get version string. */
1889 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1890 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1892 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1893 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1894 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1896 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1898 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1899 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1902 version_string
= "";
1903 else if (vernum
== 1
1904 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1905 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1907 version_string
= "Base";
1908 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1910 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1913 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1915 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1916 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1920 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1922 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1924 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1926 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1933 return version_string
;
1936 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1939 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1942 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1944 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1947 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1948 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1950 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1951 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1952 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1953 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1955 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1957 const char *section_name
;
1958 const char *name
= NULL
;
1959 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1960 unsigned char st_other
;
1962 const char *version_string
;
1965 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1967 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1968 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1969 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1973 name
= symbol
->name
;
1974 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1977 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1978 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1979 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1980 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1981 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1982 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1983 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1985 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1986 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1988 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1989 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1995 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2000 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2001 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2006 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2007 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2012 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2013 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2014 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2016 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2018 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2021 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2027 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2029 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2032 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2034 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2035 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2036 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2038 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2039 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2040 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2041 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2043 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2048 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2049 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2050 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2051 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2052 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2053 can expect to recurse at least once.
2055 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2056 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2058 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2059 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2060 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2062 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2063 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2064 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2066 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2068 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2071 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2074 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2077 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2078 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2079 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2084 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2085 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2088 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2091 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2092 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2093 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2094 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2095 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2096 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2097 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2098 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2099 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2100 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2103 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2104 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2107 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2109 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2110 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2111 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2114 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2115 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2116 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2118 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2123 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2125 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2127 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2129 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2130 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2131 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2132 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2134 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2135 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2139 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2141 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2142 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2144 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2145 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2147 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2155 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2156 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2159 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2162 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2164 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2166 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2167 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2168 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2173 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2174 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2175 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2178 /* xgettext:c-format */
2179 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2180 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2184 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2185 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2186 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2187 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2189 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2190 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2191 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2192 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2193 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2195 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2196 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2197 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2201 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2202 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2203 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2205 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2206 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2208 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2209 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2212 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2213 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2215 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2217 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2218 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2223 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2227 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2228 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2233 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2234 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2238 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2239 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2242 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2245 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2247 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2250 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2251 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2252 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2257 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2258 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2259 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2262 /* xgettext:c-format */
2263 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2264 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2268 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2269 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2270 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2271 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2273 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2274 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2275 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2278 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2280 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2282 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2283 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2286 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2289 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2291 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2292 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2293 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2297 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2298 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2301 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2303 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2304 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2308 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2312 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2316 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2319 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2320 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2321 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2322 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2324 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2329 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2330 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2331 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2332 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2334 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2336 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2337 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2339 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2340 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2342 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2345 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2347 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2349 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2350 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2354 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2359 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2361 asection
*target_sect
;
2362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2363 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2364 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2367 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2368 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2371 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2372 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2375 /* xgettext:c-format */
2376 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2377 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2378 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2383 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2384 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2385 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2386 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2387 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2388 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2389 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2391 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2392 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2393 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2394 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2400 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2402 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2403 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2414 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2417 /* Get the symbol table. */
2418 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2419 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2420 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2423 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2424 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2425 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2426 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2427 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2428 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2429 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2430 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2431 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2432 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2433 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2434 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2435 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2436 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2437 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2438 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2440 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2445 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2448 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2449 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2452 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2453 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2454 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2456 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2458 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2459 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2463 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2466 /* xgettext:c-format */
2467 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2468 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2469 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2474 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2479 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2480 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2481 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2482 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2483 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2484 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2485 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2486 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2487 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2489 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2490 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2492 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2496 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2497 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2499 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2502 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2503 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2506 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2508 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2511 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2512 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2513 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2514 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2521 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2524 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2530 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2531 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2532 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2534 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2536 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2540 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2541 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2544 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2546 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2547 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2548 for applications? */
2550 /* xgettext:c-format */
2551 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2552 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2555 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2556 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2561 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2562 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2563 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2565 /* xgettext:c-format */
2566 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2567 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2568 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2570 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2571 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2572 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2573 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2574 be rejected with an error message. */
2576 /* xgettext:c-format */
2577 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2578 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2581 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2582 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2587 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2589 /* xgettext:c-format */
2590 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2591 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2599 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2600 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2601 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2603 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2604 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2609 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2612 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2614 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2616 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2618 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2621 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2622 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2624 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2625 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2626 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2629 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2631 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2634 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2637 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2640 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2644 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2646 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2648 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2651 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2654 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2657 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2661 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2668 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2669 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2670 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2679 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2682 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2686 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2689 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2700 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2703 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2706 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2709 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2713 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2714 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2717 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2720 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2723 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2727 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2730 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2734 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2737 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2741 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2742 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2743 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2746 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2749 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2750 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2751 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2752 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2753 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2754 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2757 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2759 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2760 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2762 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2765 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2769 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2770 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2771 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2774 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2776 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2777 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2778 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2780 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2781 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2782 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2783 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2786 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2788 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2790 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2792 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2793 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2794 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2800 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2803 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2804 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2805 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2811 len
= strlen (name
);
2813 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2816 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2818 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2820 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2823 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2824 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2826 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2828 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2830 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2831 && (suffix_len
== -2
2832 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2838 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2840 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2841 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2851 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2852 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2855 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2856 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2858 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2859 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2862 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2863 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2866 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2867 bed
->special_sections
,
2873 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2876 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2877 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2880 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2885 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2889 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2891 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2892 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2893 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2895 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2898 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2902 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2905 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2906 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2907 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2909 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2910 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2911 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2914 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2915 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2918 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2921 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2923 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2924 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2925 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2926 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2928 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2929 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2930 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2931 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2932 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2933 of combined data+bss.
2935 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2936 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2937 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2938 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2939 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2944 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2945 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2947 const char *type_name
)
2954 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2956 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2957 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2958 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2960 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2962 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2963 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2964 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2967 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2968 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2969 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2971 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2972 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2973 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2974 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2975 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2976 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2977 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2979 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2980 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2981 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2983 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2985 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2988 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2990 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2994 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2998 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2999 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3000 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3003 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3004 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3005 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3007 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3008 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3009 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3010 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3011 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3012 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3013 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3014 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3015 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3017 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3018 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3019 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3020 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3021 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3022 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3023 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3025 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3026 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3027 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3029 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3030 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3037 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3039 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3040 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3041 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3047 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3049 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3051 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3054 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3057 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3059 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3060 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3064 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3067 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3070 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3072 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3078 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3081 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3083 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3084 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3091 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3094 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3095 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3096 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3100 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3104 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3106 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3108 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3109 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3112 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3116 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3117 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3118 const char *sec_name
,
3119 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3121 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3122 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3126 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3128 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3130 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3136 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3137 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3138 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3142 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3143 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3144 const char *sec_name
,
3145 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3146 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3148 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3149 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3151 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3152 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3153 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3155 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3156 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3157 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3160 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3161 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3162 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3163 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3164 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3165 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3166 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3167 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3168 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3173 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3176 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3178 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3179 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3181 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3184 struct fake_section_arg
3186 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3190 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3193 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3195 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3196 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3197 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3199 unsigned int sh_type
;
3200 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3201 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3206 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3211 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3215 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3216 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3217 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3221 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3223 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3224 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3225 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3226 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3227 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3230 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3232 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3233 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3235 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3236 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3240 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3241 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3249 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3251 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3252 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3253 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3254 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3255 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3256 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3261 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3266 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3267 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3271 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3273 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3280 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3282 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3283 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3284 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3286 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3288 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3289 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3290 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3291 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3292 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3295 /* xgettext:c-format */
3296 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3297 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3301 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3302 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3303 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3304 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3305 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3306 copy_private_section_data. */
3308 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3309 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3311 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3313 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3314 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3316 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3318 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3319 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3320 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3321 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3322 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3324 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3325 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3326 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3327 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3329 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3330 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3333 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3344 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3345 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3346 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3347 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3351 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3355 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3363 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3364 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3368 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3369 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3372 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3373 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3376 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3378 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3379 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3381 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3382 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3384 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3385 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3388 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3389 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3390 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3391 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3393 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3394 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3396 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3397 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3401 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3405 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3409 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3410 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3411 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3412 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3413 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3414 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3415 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3417 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3418 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3420 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3422 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3423 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3426 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3427 if (asect
->size
== 0
3428 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3430 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3432 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3435 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3436 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3437 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3441 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3442 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3444 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3445 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3446 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3447 create the other. */
3448 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3450 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3453 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3454 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3455 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3456 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3458 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3459 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3460 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3465 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3466 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3467 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3473 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3475 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3485 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3486 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3487 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3488 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3494 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3496 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3497 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3498 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3502 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3503 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3504 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3505 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3508 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3510 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3511 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3515 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3517 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3522 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3524 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3526 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3528 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3529 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3533 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3535 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3536 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3541 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3543 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3545 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3547 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3548 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3549 set until all local symbols are output. */
3551 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3552 unsigned long symndx
;
3553 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3554 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3556 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3557 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3558 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3559 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3560 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3561 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3563 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3565 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3567 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3568 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3570 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3571 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3572 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3573 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3575 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3578 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3580 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3583 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3585 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3586 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3587 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3594 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3596 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3597 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3598 start of the input section group. */
3599 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3601 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3602 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3603 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3604 directives, not that it matters. */
3611 s
= s
->output_section
;
3613 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3615 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3616 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3618 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3620 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3621 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3623 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3627 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3629 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3630 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3632 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3637 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3639 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3645 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3647 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3650 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3651 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3652 relocations apply. */
3655 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3657 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3658 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3659 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3660 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3665 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3671 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3674 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3677 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3682 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3684 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3685 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3688 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3689 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3690 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3693 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3696 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3697 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3698 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3701 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3702 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3703 in here too, while we're at it. */
3706 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3708 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3710 unsigned int section_number
;
3711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3712 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3713 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3718 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3720 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3721 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3723 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3725 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3726 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3728 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3730 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3732 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3734 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3735 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3736 abfd
->section_count
--;
3739 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3742 /* Count relocations. */
3743 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3746 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3747 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3748 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3751 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3753 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3755 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3756 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3757 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3758 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3761 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3762 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3763 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3770 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3771 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3772 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3778 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3779 || (link_info
== NULL
3780 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3784 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3785 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3786 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3788 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3790 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3792 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3793 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3794 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3796 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3797 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3798 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3801 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3802 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3805 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3806 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3807 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3809 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3811 /* xgettext:c-format */
3812 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3813 abfd
, section_number
);
3817 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3818 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3820 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3822 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3823 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3824 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3827 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3828 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3829 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3831 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3835 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3837 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3840 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3841 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3843 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3844 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3845 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3846 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3848 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3849 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3852 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3856 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3858 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3859 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3860 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3861 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3862 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3864 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3866 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3867 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3868 the relocation entries apply. */
3869 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3871 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3872 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3873 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3875 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3877 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3878 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3879 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3882 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3883 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3885 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3888 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3889 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3891 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3892 if (discarded_section (s
))
3896 /* xgettext:c-format */
3897 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3898 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3899 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3901 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3902 size as the discarded one. */
3903 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3906 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3912 s
= s
->output_section
;
3913 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3917 /* Handle objcopy. */
3918 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3921 /* xgettext:c-format */
3922 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3923 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3924 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3925 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3928 s
= s
->output_section
;
3930 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3935 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3936 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3937 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3939 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3940 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3941 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3942 /* xgettext:c-format */
3943 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3948 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3952 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3953 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3954 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3955 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3956 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3957 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3958 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3960 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3962 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3965 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3966 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3971 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3972 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3973 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3974 field to point to this section. */
3975 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3976 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3981 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3982 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3985 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3986 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3991 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3993 /* This is a .stab section. */
3994 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3995 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3996 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
4003 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4004 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4005 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4006 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4008 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4010 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4013 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4014 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4015 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4016 the version strings. */
4017 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4018 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4020 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4025 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4026 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4027 this hash table or version table is for. */
4028 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4030 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4034 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4038 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4039 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4040 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4046 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4048 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4049 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4050 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4051 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4053 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4054 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4055 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4058 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4059 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4060 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4061 the beginning of that array.
4063 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4066 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4067 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4069 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4071 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4073 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4074 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4075 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4077 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4080 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4083 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4085 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4088 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4091 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4096 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4097 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4100 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4102 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4107 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4110 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4113 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4114 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4115 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4116 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4117 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4118 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4119 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4120 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4121 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4124 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4125 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4128 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4130 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4131 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4132 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4133 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4134 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4135 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4136 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4137 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4144 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4148 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4150 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4151 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4155 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4156 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4157 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4159 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4160 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4162 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4163 decided to output. */
4164 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4166 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4168 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4170 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4171 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4173 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4175 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4176 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4178 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4182 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4183 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4185 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4187 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4191 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4192 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4193 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4194 at least in that case. */
4195 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4197 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4199 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4206 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4207 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4208 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4209 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4212 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4214 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4217 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4218 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4219 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4224 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4226 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4228 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4230 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4233 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4234 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4237 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4239 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4243 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4245 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4249 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4250 ELF data structure. */
4252 static inline file_ptr
4253 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4255 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4258 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4259 required section alignment. */
4262 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4266 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4267 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4268 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4269 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4270 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4271 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4272 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4276 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4277 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4278 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4281 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4282 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4284 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4285 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4287 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4288 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4289 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4291 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4294 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4295 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4296 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4298 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4301 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4302 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4303 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4307 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4310 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4311 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4312 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4313 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4317 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4318 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4320 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4325 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4327 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4332 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4333 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4334 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4335 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4336 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4337 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4338 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4339 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4340 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4341 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4342 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4344 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4352 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4354 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4355 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4357 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4359 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4360 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4361 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4362 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4365 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4366 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4368 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4370 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4372 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4373 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4375 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4378 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4383 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4384 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4386 static bfd_size_type
4387 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4391 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4393 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4394 and one for data. */
4397 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4398 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4400 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4401 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4402 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4407 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4409 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4413 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4415 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4419 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4421 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4425 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4427 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4431 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4432 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4433 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4435 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4439 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4441 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4442 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4444 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4445 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4447 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4448 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4449 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4450 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4451 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4452 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4453 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4454 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4455 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4456 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4461 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4463 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4465 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4471 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4473 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4474 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4476 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4477 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4478 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4479 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4481 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4484 /* xgettext:c-format */
4485 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4486 "sh_info field: %d"),
4487 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4490 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4491 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4492 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4497 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4498 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4502 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4508 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4511 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4514 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4516 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4517 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4519 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4525 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4526 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4533 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4535 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4536 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4537 asection
**sections
,
4542 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4547 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4548 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4549 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4553 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4554 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4555 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4556 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4558 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4560 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4561 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4562 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4568 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4571 struct elf_segment_map
*
4572 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4574 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4576 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4577 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4581 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4583 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4588 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4591 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4592 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4593 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4595 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4596 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4598 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4599 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4600 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4601 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4603 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4606 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4608 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4610 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4611 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4612 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4614 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4618 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4620 if (remove_empty_load
4621 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4623 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4629 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4630 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4632 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4639 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4640 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4642 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4645 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4648 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4649 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4650 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4651 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4653 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4656 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4658 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4662 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4663 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4666 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4667 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4669 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4670 bfd_boolean writable
;
4671 bfd_boolean executable
;
4672 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4673 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4674 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4675 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4677 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4678 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4679 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4681 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4683 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4684 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4685 if (sections
== NULL
)
4688 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4689 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4691 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4692 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4695 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4697 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4699 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4700 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4702 s
->target_index
= i
;
4705 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4706 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4707 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4710 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4713 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4715 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4716 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4717 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4718 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4719 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4721 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4722 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4724 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4726 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4727 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4728 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4729 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4730 been left for them. */
4731 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4733 /* Build the mapping. */
4737 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4738 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4740 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4741 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4743 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4744 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4748 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4750 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4751 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4752 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4756 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4757 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4761 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4769 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4770 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4771 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4777 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4779 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4782 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4783 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4785 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4786 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4787 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4788 program headers we will need. */
4789 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4791 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4792 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4794 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4796 && info
->separate_code
4797 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4799 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4800 thus not executable, and the first section is
4801 executable then put the file and program headers in
4802 their own PT_LOAD. */
4803 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4804 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4805 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4807 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4808 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4809 previous page if we can. */
4810 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4811 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4813 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4816 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4817 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4818 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4819 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4820 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4821 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4822 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4823 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4825 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4826 else if (separate_phdr
)
4828 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4831 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4833 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4834 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4837 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4841 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4844 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4848 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4851 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4853 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4854 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4855 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4857 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4859 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4860 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4864 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4865 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4867 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4868 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4871 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4872 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4873 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4875 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4876 pages onto the same memory page. */
4877 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4879 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4880 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4881 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4882 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4883 section can be included in the current segment. */
4884 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4885 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4886 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4887 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4889 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4890 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4893 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4894 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4896 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4897 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4898 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4899 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4902 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4904 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4905 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4906 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4907 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4909 else if (info
!= NULL
4910 && info
->separate_code
4911 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4916 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4918 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4924 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4925 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4928 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4929 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4931 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4933 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4939 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4941 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4944 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4945 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4949 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4950 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4952 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4959 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4964 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4970 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4971 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4973 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4976 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4978 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4979 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4980 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4982 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4990 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4993 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5000 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5001 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5002 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5003 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5004 in the output file. */
5005 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5007 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5008 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5011 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5014 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5016 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5017 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5018 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5019 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5026 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5027 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5028 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5032 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5036 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5037 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5040 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5041 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5045 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5051 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5052 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5056 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5059 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5060 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5061 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5066 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5067 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5069 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5071 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5073 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5076 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5079 while (i
< tls_count
)
5081 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5083 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5087 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5090 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5102 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5103 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5104 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5105 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5106 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5108 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5109 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5110 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5112 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5115 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5116 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5120 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5121 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5123 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5125 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5131 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5132 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5133 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5135 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5136 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5140 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5142 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5149 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5151 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5152 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5153 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5155 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5156 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5160 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5162 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5168 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5170 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5171 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5175 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5176 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5177 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5178 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5179 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5180 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5182 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5183 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5190 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5192 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5194 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5196 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5197 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5200 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5201 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5202 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5205 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5210 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5213 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5214 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5218 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5225 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5228 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5231 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5233 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5238 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5243 /* Sort sections by address. */
5246 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5248 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5249 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5250 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5252 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5253 place the section into a segment. */
5254 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5256 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5259 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5260 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5261 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5263 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5266 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5268 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5275 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5280 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5281 before others at the same address. */
5283 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5284 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5291 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5294 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5295 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5298 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5300 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5301 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5303 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5305 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5307 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5309 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5311 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5312 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5313 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5314 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5315 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5317 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5319 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5321 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5323 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5325 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5328 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5330 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5332 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5334 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5337 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5339 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5340 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5344 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5346 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5347 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5348 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5349 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5350 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5353 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5354 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5356 /* In other words, something like:
5358 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5359 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5360 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5361 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5363 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5365 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5368 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5370 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5371 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5373 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5377 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5380 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5385 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5386 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5387 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5388 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5389 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5390 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5392 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5393 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5397 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5398 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5399 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5405 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5410 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5412 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5415 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5420 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5421 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5425 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5426 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5429 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5430 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5431 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5432 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5433 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5434 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5435 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5437 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5438 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5440 if (link_info
== NULL
5441 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5445 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5450 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5451 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5455 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5456 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5457 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5460 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5462 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5465 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5469 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5470 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5471 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5472 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5477 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5481 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5482 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5483 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5484 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5485 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5487 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5488 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5489 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5490 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5491 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5492 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5493 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5497 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5499 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5500 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5501 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5502 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5503 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5504 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5506 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5507 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5509 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5510 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5511 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5516 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5520 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5521 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5523 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5524 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5525 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5526 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5527 position after the ELF file header. */
5528 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5529 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5531 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5532 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5534 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5540 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5541 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5543 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5546 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5547 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5549 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5550 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5551 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5552 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5553 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5554 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5556 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5557 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5560 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5562 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5564 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5565 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5566 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5569 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5571 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5572 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5574 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5575 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5576 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5577 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5578 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5579 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5580 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5582 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5583 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5585 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5587 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5588 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5589 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5590 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5592 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5594 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5596 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5599 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5601 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5604 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5605 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5607 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5611 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5613 unsigned int secalign
;
5615 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5616 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5617 align_power
= secalign
;
5619 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5620 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5621 align
= maxpagesize
;
5624 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5625 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5626 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5627 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5628 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5629 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5631 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5634 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5635 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5637 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5641 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5643 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5644 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5647 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5648 && bed
->no_page_alias
5649 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5650 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5651 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5652 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5656 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5657 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5658 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5659 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5660 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5661 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5662 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5663 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5668 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5669 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5670 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5672 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5675 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5676 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5681 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5682 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5683 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5684 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5686 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5688 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5690 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5691 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5692 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5696 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5697 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5698 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5701 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5702 " try linking with -N"),
5704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5708 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5712 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5714 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5715 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5716 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5717 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5721 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5723 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5725 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5726 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5727 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5729 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5731 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5734 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5735 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5736 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5739 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5741 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5742 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5743 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5744 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5745 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5746 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5747 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5748 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5751 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5755 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5756 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5758 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5763 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5764 without file contents somewhere within the first
5765 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5766 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5767 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5771 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5776 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5778 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5780 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5781 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5785 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5786 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5787 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5788 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5789 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5790 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5793 bfd_size_type align
;
5794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5797 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5798 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5800 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5801 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5802 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5803 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5804 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5805 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5807 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5808 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5809 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5810 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5814 || p_end
< p_start
))
5817 /* xgettext:c-format */
5818 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5819 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5820 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5822 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5824 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5826 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5828 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5830 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5832 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5833 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5835 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5836 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5841 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5845 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5847 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5851 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5852 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5853 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5859 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5868 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5870 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5871 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5872 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5874 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5875 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5876 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5878 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5879 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5880 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5881 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5882 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5883 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5885 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5887 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5890 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5892 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5893 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5894 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5895 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5896 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5897 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5899 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5901 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5902 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5904 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5906 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5907 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5910 if (align
> p
->p_align
5911 && !m
->p_align_valid
5912 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5913 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5917 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5920 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5922 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5929 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5930 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5931 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5932 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5933 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5934 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5936 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5937 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5938 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5939 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5940 " by LOAD segment"),
5942 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5944 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5945 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5946 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5949 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5950 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5951 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5953 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5955 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5956 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5957 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5958 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5959 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5960 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5962 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5967 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5969 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5972 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5973 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5974 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5975 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5978 /* xgettext:c-format */
5979 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5981 print_segment_map (m
);
5987 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5989 if (link_info
!= NULL
5990 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5991 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5993 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5994 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5995 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5997 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5998 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5999 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6000 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6002 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6003 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6004 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6005 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6008 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6010 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6011 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6012 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6014 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6015 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6016 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6024 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6025 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6029 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6030 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6033 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6034 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6042 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6043 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6044 use heuristics instead. */
6047 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6049 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6056 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6058 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6060 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6061 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6062 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6063 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6064 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6071 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6072 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6075 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6076 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6079 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6081 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6082 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6083 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6085 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6087 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6088 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6089 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6090 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6095 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6096 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6097 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6098 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6099 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6100 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6102 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6103 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6104 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6105 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6106 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6107 so do not warn about them. */
6108 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6110 /* xgettext:c-format */
6111 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6113 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6115 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6116 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6117 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6118 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6121 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6123 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6126 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6127 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6128 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6129 not been decided. */
6130 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6131 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6132 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6133 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6134 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6135 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6136 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6137 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6138 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6139 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6141 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6143 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6145 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6146 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6147 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6148 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6150 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6152 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6155 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6157 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6158 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6159 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6160 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6161 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6163 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6165 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6167 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6168 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6179 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6180 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6183 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6185 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6187 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6189 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6191 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6192 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6193 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6195 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6201 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6202 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6204 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6213 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6214 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6215 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6216 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6217 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6219 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6220 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6221 In cases where the end does not match any
6222 loaded section (for instance is in file
6223 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6224 the end of loaded section contents. */
6225 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6226 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6228 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6229 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6230 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6231 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6232 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6234 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6236 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6242 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6245 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6247 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6249 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6250 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6252 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6256 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6257 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6258 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6260 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6261 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6262 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6268 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6270 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6272 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6273 "and/or program header"),
6274 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6279 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6280 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6282 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6283 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6284 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6286 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6298 static elf_section_list
*
6299 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6301 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6307 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6308 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6309 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6311 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6312 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6313 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6314 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6315 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6316 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6317 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6318 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6320 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6323 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6324 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6326 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6327 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6328 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6331 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6332 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6335 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6336 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6340 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6341 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6343 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6344 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6345 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6346 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6348 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6351 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6352 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6353 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6355 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6356 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6357 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6358 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6359 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6360 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6361 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6362 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6363 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6365 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6368 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6371 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6372 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6376 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6377 assignment of sections to segments. */
6378 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6381 /* And for non-load sections. */
6382 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6386 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6389 /* Write out the program headers. */
6390 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6393 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6394 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6402 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6403 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6405 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6406 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6409 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6411 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6412 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6415 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6417 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6418 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6419 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6420 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6422 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6423 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6424 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6425 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6427 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6429 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6431 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6436 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6438 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6439 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6442 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6443 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6444 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6445 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6446 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6447 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6448 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6449 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6451 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6455 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6457 /* No program header, for now. */
6458 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6459 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6460 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6462 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6463 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6464 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6466 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6467 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6468 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6469 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6471 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6472 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6473 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6474 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6480 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6482 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6483 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6484 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6485 changed or the programs updated. */
6488 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6490 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6492 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6493 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6494 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6495 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6496 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6498 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6499 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6500 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6501 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6502 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6504 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6505 segments is non-zero. */
6507 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6512 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6513 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6516 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6520 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6521 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6522 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6524 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6526 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6527 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6528 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6531 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6533 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6534 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6535 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6536 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6539 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6541 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6543 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6544 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6546 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6547 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6551 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6552 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6554 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6555 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6557 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6558 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6562 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6563 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6566 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6568 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6570 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6572 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6577 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6582 /* Update section size and contents. */
6583 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6584 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6585 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6589 /* Update section size and contents. */
6590 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6591 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6594 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6601 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6603 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6604 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6605 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6606 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6608 /* Place the section headers. */
6609 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6610 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6611 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6612 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6613 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6614 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6620 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6622 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6625 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6626 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6628 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6629 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6631 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6632 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6633 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6634 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6636 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6637 already been written to the BFD. */
6638 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6640 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6644 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6647 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6651 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6654 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6655 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6656 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6658 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6659 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6660 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6661 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6662 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6664 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6666 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6668 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6669 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6674 /* Write out the section header names. */
6675 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6676 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6677 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6678 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6681 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6684 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6687 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6688 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6689 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6695 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6697 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6698 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6701 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6704 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6706 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6707 unsigned int sec_index
;
6709 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6710 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6711 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6713 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6714 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6715 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6716 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6717 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6718 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6720 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6722 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6723 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6725 int retval
= sec_index
;
6727 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6731 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6737 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6741 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6743 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6745 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6747 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6748 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6749 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6750 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6751 input sections rather than the output section. */
6752 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6753 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6754 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6759 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6760 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6761 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6762 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6763 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6764 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6765 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6768 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6772 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6773 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6775 /* xgettext:c-format */
6776 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6777 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6785 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6786 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6794 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6797 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6799 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6800 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6801 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6802 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6803 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6806 unsigned int num_segments
;
6807 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6808 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6809 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6810 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6811 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6812 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6813 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6815 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6816 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6819 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6821 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6822 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6824 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6825 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6826 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6827 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6829 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6830 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6831 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6832 ? section->size : 0)
6834 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6835 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6836 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6837 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6838 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6839 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6841 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6842 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6843 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6844 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6845 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6846 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6847 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6849 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6850 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6851 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6852 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6853 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6854 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6855 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6857 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6859 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6861 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6865 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6866 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6867 p_memsz set to 0. */
6868 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6870 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6871 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6872 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6873 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6875 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6876 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6877 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6879 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6880 A section will be included if:
6881 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6882 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6883 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6885 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6886 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6887 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6888 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6889 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6890 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6891 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6892 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6893 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6894 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6895 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6896 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6897 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6898 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6899 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6900 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6901 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6902 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6903 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6904 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6905 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6906 || (segment->p_paddr \
6907 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6908 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6909 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6910 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6912 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6913 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6914 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6915 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6916 && section->output_section != NULL)
6918 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6919 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6920 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6922 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6923 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6924 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6925 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6926 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6928 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6929 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6930 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6931 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6932 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6934 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6935 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6936 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6938 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6939 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6940 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6941 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6942 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6943 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6946 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6948 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6952 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6953 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6954 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6955 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6956 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6961 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6963 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6964 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6965 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6967 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6968 assignment code will work. */
6969 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6973 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6975 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6976 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6977 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6981 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6982 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6984 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6986 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6987 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6990 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6991 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6993 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6995 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6996 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6998 if (extra_length
> 0)
7000 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7001 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7004 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7006 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7008 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7013 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7015 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7016 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7018 if (extra_length
> 0)
7020 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7021 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7024 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7029 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7030 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7034 unsigned int section_count
;
7035 asection
**sections
;
7036 asection
*output_section
;
7038 asection
*matching_lma
;
7039 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7042 asection
*first_section
;
7044 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7047 first_section
= NULL
;
7048 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7049 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7051 section
= section
->next
)
7053 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7054 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7055 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7057 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7058 first_section
= section
;
7059 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7064 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7065 all of the sections we have selected. */
7066 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7067 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7068 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7072 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7073 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7075 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7076 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7077 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7079 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7080 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7082 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7084 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7085 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7088 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7089 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7090 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7091 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7092 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7094 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7096 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7097 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7098 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7099 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7100 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7102 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7103 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7106 if (section_count
== 0)
7108 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7109 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7110 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7111 a warning is produced.
7112 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7113 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7114 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7115 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7116 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7117 /* xgettext:c-format */
7119 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7120 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7121 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7123 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7125 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7126 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7131 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7132 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7133 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7134 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7136 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7137 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7140 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7141 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7142 of the first section.
7144 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7145 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7146 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7147 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7148 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7150 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7151 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7152 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7153 or segments to contain the other sections.
7155 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7156 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7157 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7159 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7160 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7161 if (sections
== NULL
)
7164 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7165 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7166 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7167 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7168 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7171 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7172 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7174 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7176 section
= section
->next
)
7178 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7180 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7182 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7184 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7185 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7186 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7187 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7189 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7190 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7192 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7193 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7194 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7195 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7196 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7197 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7199 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7200 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7201 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7203 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7204 LMA address of the output section. */
7205 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7207 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7208 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7209 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7211 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7212 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7213 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7215 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7216 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7218 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7220 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7221 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7223 if (j
== section_count
)
7228 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7230 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7232 if (isec
== section_count
)
7234 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7235 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7236 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7237 program header in the input BFD. */
7238 map
->count
= section_count
;
7239 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7240 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7243 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7245 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7246 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7247 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7248 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7249 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7251 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7253 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7254 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7262 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7263 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7264 section fitted, the first section. */
7265 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7266 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7268 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7270 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7271 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7272 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7274 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7276 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7277 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7278 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7279 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7280 offset when we know the correct value. */
7281 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7282 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7285 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7287 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7288 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7289 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7290 first section lma, but there may have been some
7291 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7292 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7293 the same alignment. */
7294 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7295 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7296 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7300 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7301 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7302 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7303 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7304 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7305 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7311 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7313 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7314 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7316 section
= sections
[j
];
7318 if (section
== NULL
)
7321 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7323 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7325 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7327 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7329 if (map
->count
== 0)
7331 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7332 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7334 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7335 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7336 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7337 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7338 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7340 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7341 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7348 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7350 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7351 and the start of this section is more than
7352 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7353 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7355 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7356 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7357 > output_section
->lma
))
7359 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7360 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7366 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7369 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7370 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7372 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7373 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7376 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7377 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7378 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7379 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7380 So allow a count of zero. */
7382 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7383 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7384 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7386 if (isec
< section_count
)
7388 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7389 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7390 and carry on looping. */
7391 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7392 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7393 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7400 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7401 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7402 not yet been assigned. */
7404 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7405 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7406 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7407 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7408 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7409 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7410 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7419 while (isec
< section_count
);
7424 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7426 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7427 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7428 the offset if necessary. */
7429 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7433 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7436 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7437 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7438 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7440 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7441 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7444 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7445 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7452 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7453 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7455 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7456 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7457 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7458 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7459 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7460 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7464 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7467 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7469 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7470 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7471 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7472 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7473 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7475 unsigned int num_segments
;
7476 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7477 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7478 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7480 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7483 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7485 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7486 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7487 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7488 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7489 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7492 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7494 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7498 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7503 unsigned int section_count
;
7505 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7506 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7507 asection
*lowest_section
;
7509 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7510 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7512 section
= section
->next
)
7514 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7515 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7517 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7518 first_section
= section
;
7523 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7524 all of the sections we have selected. */
7525 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7526 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7527 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7531 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7534 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7535 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7536 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7537 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7538 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7539 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7540 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7541 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7543 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7544 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7546 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7547 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7548 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7549 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7550 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7552 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7553 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7556 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7557 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7558 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7559 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7561 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7562 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7564 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7565 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7566 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7567 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7568 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7570 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7571 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7574 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7575 if (section_count
!= 0)
7577 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7579 for (section
= first_section
;
7581 section
= section
->next
)
7583 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7584 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7586 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7587 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7591 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7592 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7593 lowest_section
= section
;
7595 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7596 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7597 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7598 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7600 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7601 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7603 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7604 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7605 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7607 if (isec
== section_count
)
7613 if (section_count
== 0)
7614 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7615 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7617 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7618 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7619 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7620 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7621 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7622 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7624 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7625 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7628 map
->count
= section_count
;
7629 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7630 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7633 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7637 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7641 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7643 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7644 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7647 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7650 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7652 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7653 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7654 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7655 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7656 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7657 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7658 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7660 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7662 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7663 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7666 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7667 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7668 section
= section
->next
)
7669 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7671 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7672 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7676 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7677 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7678 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7679 map in this case. */
7680 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7681 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7682 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7685 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7686 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7688 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7689 from the input BFD. */
7690 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7692 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7694 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7695 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7696 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7698 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7699 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7701 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7702 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7703 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7704 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7705 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7706 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7712 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7714 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7715 section
= section
->next
)
7717 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7720 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7723 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7727 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7729 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7730 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7731 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7733 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7734 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7736 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7739 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7740 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7742 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7743 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7744 /* xgettext:c-format */
7745 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7746 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7747 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7749 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7752 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7753 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7756 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7759 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7762 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7766 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7770 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7771 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7773 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7774 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7777 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7779 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7780 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7781 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7782 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7783 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7784 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7785 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7786 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7787 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7788 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7789 are different the user may be doing something like
7790 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7791 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7792 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7793 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7795 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7796 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7797 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7799 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7800 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7801 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7803 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7804 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7805 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7806 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7807 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7809 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7810 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7811 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7812 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7813 if ((link_info
== NULL
7814 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7815 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7816 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7818 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7819 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7820 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7821 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7824 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7825 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7826 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7829 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7831 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7832 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7833 may be NULL at this point. */
7834 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7836 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7837 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7838 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7841 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7846 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7847 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7850 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7855 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7857 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7858 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7861 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7862 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7864 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7866 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7867 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7868 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7869 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7870 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7872 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7876 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7877 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7878 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7879 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7880 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7884 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7888 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7889 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7891 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7892 asection
*s
= first
;
7893 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7897 /* If this member section is being output but the
7898 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7899 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7900 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7901 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7903 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7904 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7906 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7907 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7908 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7909 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7911 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7913 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7914 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7916 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7917 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7920 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7926 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7928 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7929 adjust the input section size. */
7930 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7931 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7932 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7933 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7936 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7941 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7943 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7944 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7946 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7947 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7956 /* Copy private header information. */
7959 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7961 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7962 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7965 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7966 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7967 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7968 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7969 already been worked out. */
7970 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7972 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7976 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7979 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7980 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7981 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7982 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7983 swap_out_syms function. */
7985 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7986 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7987 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7988 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7989 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7992 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7997 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7999 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8000 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8003 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
8004 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
8007 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8009 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8013 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8014 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8015 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8016 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8017 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8018 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8020 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8021 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8022 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8023 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8024 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8030 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8033 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8034 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8038 unsigned int symcount
;
8040 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8041 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8042 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8043 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8044 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8045 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8046 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8047 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8048 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8050 unsigned int num_locals
;
8052 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8054 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8057 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8058 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8062 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8063 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8064 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8065 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8066 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8067 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8068 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8069 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8071 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8072 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8074 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8075 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8076 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8078 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8079 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8083 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8084 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8090 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8093 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8094 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8096 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8097 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8099 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8101 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8102 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8104 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8105 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8107 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8108 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8111 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8112 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8113 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8114 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8115 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8117 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8120 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8122 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8123 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8129 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8130 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8131 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8132 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8133 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8134 outbound_syms_index
++;
8135 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8136 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8140 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8141 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8143 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8144 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8146 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8147 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8148 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8149 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8152 if (!name_local_sections
8153 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8155 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8156 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8160 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8161 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8163 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8165 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8169 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8171 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8172 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8174 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8175 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8176 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8177 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8178 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8179 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8180 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8182 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8183 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8184 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8188 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8191 if (sec
->output_section
)
8193 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8194 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8197 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8198 if (! relocatable_p
)
8200 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8201 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8203 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8205 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8207 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8208 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8209 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8210 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8214 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8217 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8220 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8223 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8226 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8227 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8234 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8236 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8237 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8238 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8242 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8243 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8244 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8253 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8255 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8259 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8260 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8261 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8262 demand of applications. For example, it
8263 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8264 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8265 actually in the output file. */
8266 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8268 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8269 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8271 /* xgettext:c-format */
8273 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8274 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8275 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8283 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8286 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8288 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8289 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8290 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8292 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8294 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8296 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8301 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8304 /* Processor-specific types. */
8305 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8306 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8307 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8308 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8310 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8312 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8313 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8315 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8317 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8319 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8321 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8322 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8323 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8325 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8326 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8328 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8330 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8331 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8335 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8336 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8339 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8341 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8343 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8344 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8345 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8347 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8350 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8353 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8355 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8356 sym
.st_target_internal
8357 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8362 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8366 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8367 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8368 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8370 outbound_syms_index
++;
8371 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8372 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8375 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8376 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8378 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8379 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8381 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8382 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8383 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8385 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8386 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8387 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8389 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8390 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8392 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8393 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8398 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8399 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8400 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8401 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8402 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8403 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8404 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8405 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8410 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8412 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8413 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8414 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8417 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8419 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8421 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8423 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8424 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8426 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8429 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8431 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8437 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8439 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8441 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8443 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8445 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8449 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8450 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8455 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8457 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8463 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8466 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8467 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8469 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8473 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8476 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8479 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8486 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8488 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8491 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8492 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8493 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8497 return section
->reloc_count
;
8501 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8504 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8507 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8512 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8513 asymbol
**allocation
)
8515 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8516 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8519 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8523 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8524 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8525 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8526 dynamic reloc section. */
8529 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8531 bfd_size_type count
;
8534 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8541 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8542 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8543 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8544 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8546 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8547 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8549 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8553 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8556 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8557 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8558 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8559 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8560 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8561 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8562 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8565 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8569 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8573 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8579 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8581 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8583 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8584 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8585 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8590 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8592 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8594 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8605 /* Read in the version information. */
8608 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8610 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8611 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8614 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8617 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8618 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8620 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8622 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8624 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8625 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8627 error_return_bad_verref
:
8629 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8630 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8631 error_return_verref
:
8632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8637 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8638 goto error_return_verref
;
8639 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8640 if (contents
== NULL
)
8641 goto error_return_verref
;
8643 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8645 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8646 goto error_return_verref
;
8648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8649 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8650 goto error_return_verref
;
8652 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8653 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8654 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8655 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8656 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8657 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8659 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8660 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8663 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8665 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8667 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8668 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8670 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8671 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8673 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8674 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8677 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8678 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8680 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8681 goto error_return_verref
;
8683 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8684 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8685 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8686 goto error_return_verref
;
8689 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8690 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8691 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8693 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8694 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8695 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8696 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8698 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8700 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8701 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8702 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8703 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8704 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8706 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8707 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8709 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8710 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8712 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8715 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8716 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8718 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8719 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8720 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8722 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8723 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8726 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8727 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8729 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8730 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8732 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8733 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8734 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8736 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8737 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8745 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8747 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8748 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8749 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8750 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8751 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8753 unsigned int maxidx
;
8754 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8756 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8758 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8760 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8762 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8764 error_return_verdef
:
8765 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8766 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8770 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8771 goto error_return_verdef
;
8772 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8773 if (contents
== NULL
)
8774 goto error_return_verdef
;
8776 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8777 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8778 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8779 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8780 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8781 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8783 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8784 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8786 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8788 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8790 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8792 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8793 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8794 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8795 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8797 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8800 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8801 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8802 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8804 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8805 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8808 if (default_imported_symver
)
8810 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8815 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8818 goto error_return_verdef
;
8820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8821 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8822 goto error_return_verdef
;
8824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8826 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8827 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8828 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8830 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8831 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8834 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8836 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8837 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8839 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8840 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8842 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8844 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8845 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8848 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8849 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8851 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8852 goto error_return_verdef
;
8854 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8855 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8856 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8857 goto error_return_verdef
;
8861 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8862 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8864 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8865 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8866 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8867 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8869 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8871 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8872 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8873 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8874 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8875 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8877 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8878 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8880 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8883 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8884 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8886 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8887 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8888 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8890 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8891 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8894 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8895 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8896 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8898 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8899 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8901 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8902 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8904 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8905 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8911 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8918 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8920 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8924 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8930 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8931 if (default_imported_symver
)
8933 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8934 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8936 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8938 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8939 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8940 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8941 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8943 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8945 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8946 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8947 goto error_return_verdef
;
8948 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8949 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8950 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8951 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8952 goto error_return_verdef
;
8954 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8955 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8961 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8967 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8969 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8971 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8974 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8975 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8979 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8983 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8986 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8987 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8991 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8994 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8995 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8998 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8999 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9000 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9003 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9004 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9005 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9006 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9007 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9008 we treat such symbols as local. */
9009 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9012 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9013 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9014 These labels have the form:
9016 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9018 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9020 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9021 so we only need to match the rest. */
9022 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9024 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9028 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9030 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9032 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9033 /* A fake symbol. */
9036 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9037 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9038 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9039 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9040 other than some kind of local ? */
9057 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9058 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9065 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9066 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9067 unsigned long machine
)
9069 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9070 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9071 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9072 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9073 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9076 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9079 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9080 for error reporting. */
9083 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9087 const char **filename_ptr
,
9088 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9089 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9090 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9094 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9095 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9096 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9097 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9098 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9101 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9102 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9104 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9105 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9106 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9111 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9112 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9113 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9114 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9116 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9119 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9122 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9123 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9130 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9133 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9134 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9136 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9137 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9138 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9139 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9142 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9143 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9144 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9145 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9146 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9149 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9150 const char **filename_ptr
,
9151 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9152 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9155 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9156 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9157 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9162 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9165 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9167 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9169 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9171 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9173 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9176 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9177 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9180 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9183 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9191 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9193 const void *location
,
9195 bfd_size_type count
)
9197 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9200 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9201 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9207 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9208 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9210 unsigned char *contents
;
9212 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9213 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9217 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9220 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9222 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9226 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9229 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9232 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9236 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9237 if (contents
== NULL
)
9240 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9247 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9251 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9252 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9253 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9260 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9261 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9262 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9268 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9271 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9273 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9275 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9277 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9278 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9280 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9281 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9283 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9285 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9288 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9291 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9294 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9297 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9300 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9303 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9309 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9311 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9313 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9314 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9316 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9321 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9327 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9330 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9333 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9336 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9339 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9345 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9349 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9357 /* xgettext:c-format */
9358 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9359 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9365 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9367 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9368 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9370 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9371 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9372 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9375 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9378 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9379 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9380 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9383 bfd_reloc_status_type
9384 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9385 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9386 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9387 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9388 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9390 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9393 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9394 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9395 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9396 out details about the corefile. */
9398 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9399 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9400 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9401 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9404 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9405 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9408 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9412 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9414 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9419 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9420 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9421 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9425 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9429 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9432 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9436 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9437 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9438 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9442 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9443 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9444 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9445 such a section already exists.
9446 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9447 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9448 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9450 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9456 char *threaded_name
;
9460 /* Build the section name. */
9462 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9463 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9464 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9465 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9467 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9469 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9474 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9475 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9477 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9481 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9484 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9490 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9491 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9492 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9497 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9499 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9503 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9506 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9511 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9515 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9516 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9517 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9519 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9520 has already been set by another thread. */
9521 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9522 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9523 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9526 /* pr_who exists on:
9529 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9532 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9533 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9535 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9538 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9539 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9541 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9542 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9544 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9545 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9546 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9548 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9549 has already been set by another thread. */
9550 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9551 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9552 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9553 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9555 /* pr_who exists on:
9558 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9561 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9562 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9564 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9567 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9570 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9571 note size (ie. data object type). */
9575 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9576 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9577 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9579 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9581 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9583 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9585 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9587 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9588 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9591 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9592 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9593 data structure apart. */
9596 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9598 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9601 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9602 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9606 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9608 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9611 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9612 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9613 contents literally. */
9616 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9618 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9622 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9624 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9628 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9630 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9634 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9636 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9640 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9642 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9646 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9648 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9652 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9654 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9658 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9660 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9664 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9666 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9670 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9672 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9676 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9678 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9682 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9684 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9688 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9690 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9694 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9696 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9700 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9702 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9706 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9708 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9712 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9714 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9718 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9720 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9724 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9726 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9730 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9732 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9736 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9738 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9742 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9744 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9748 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9750 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9754 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9756 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9760 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9762 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9766 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9768 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9772 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9774 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9778 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9780 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9784 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9786 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9790 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9792 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9796 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9798 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9802 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9808 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9810 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9814 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9816 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9820 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9822 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9825 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9826 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9827 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9828 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9832 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9833 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9834 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9835 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9839 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9840 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9841 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9844 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9847 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9855 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9859 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9865 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9867 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9869 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9871 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9873 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9875 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9876 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9878 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9879 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9880 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9883 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9884 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9886 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9887 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9889 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9890 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9892 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9894 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9895 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9897 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9898 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9899 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9901 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9902 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9903 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9909 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9910 note size (ie. data object type). */
9914 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9915 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9916 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9919 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9920 int n
= strlen (command
);
9922 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9923 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9928 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9930 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9932 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9934 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9935 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9936 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9942 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9944 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9946 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9947 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9949 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9952 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9957 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9958 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9959 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9963 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9965 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9967 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9969 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9975 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9976 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9977 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9982 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9984 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9985 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9987 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9988 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9990 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9992 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9993 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9994 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9997 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9999 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10003 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10004 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10005 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10006 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10009 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10010 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10011 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10014 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10016 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10019 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10021 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10022 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10023 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10026 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10028 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10032 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10033 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10034 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10035 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10038 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10039 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10040 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10043 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10045 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10047 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10050 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10057 int is_active_thread
;
10060 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10063 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10066 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10070 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10071 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10072 /* process_info.pid */
10073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10074 /* process_info.signal */
10075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10078 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10079 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10080 /* thread_info.tid */
10081 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10083 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10084 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10088 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10090 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10094 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10096 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10097 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10098 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10100 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10101 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10103 if (is_active_thread
)
10104 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10108 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10109 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10110 /* module_info.base_address */
10111 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10112 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10114 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10115 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10119 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10121 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10126 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10127 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10128 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10139 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10141 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10143 switch (note
->type
)
10149 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10150 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10152 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10153 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10158 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10160 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10163 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10165 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10168 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10169 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10171 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10172 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10174 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10175 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10176 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10177 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10181 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10182 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10183 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10184 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10189 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10190 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10191 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10196 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10197 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10198 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10203 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10204 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10205 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10210 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10211 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10212 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10217 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10218 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10219 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10224 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10225 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10226 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10231 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10232 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10233 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10237 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10238 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10239 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10240 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10244 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10245 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10246 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10247 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10251 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10252 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10253 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10254 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10258 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10259 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10260 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10261 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10265 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10266 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10267 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10268 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10272 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10273 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10274 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10275 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10279 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10280 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10281 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10282 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10286 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10287 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10288 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10289 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10293 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10294 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10295 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10296 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10300 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10301 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10302 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10303 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10307 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10308 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10309 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10310 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10314 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10315 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10316 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10317 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10322 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10323 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10324 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10328 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10329 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10330 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10331 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10335 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10336 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10337 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10338 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10342 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10343 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10344 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10345 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10350 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10351 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10352 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10356 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10357 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10358 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10359 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10363 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10364 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10365 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10366 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10370 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10371 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10372 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10373 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10377 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10378 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10379 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10380 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10385 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10386 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10387 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10392 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10393 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10394 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10398 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10399 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10400 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10401 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10405 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10406 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10407 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10408 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10413 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10414 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10415 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10419 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10420 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10421 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10422 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10428 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10429 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10431 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10432 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10438 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10441 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10445 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10452 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10454 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10456 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10459 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10460 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10463 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10464 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10465 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10471 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10473 switch (note
->type
)
10478 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10479 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10481 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10482 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10487 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10489 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10490 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10491 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10493 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10494 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10495 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10497 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10503 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10505 switch (note
->type
)
10508 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10516 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10520 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10523 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10528 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10536 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10537 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10542 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10543 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10547 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10551 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10552 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10553 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10556 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10557 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10558 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10561 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10564 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10565 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10568 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10569 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10575 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10581 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10582 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10583 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10587 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10591 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10592 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10599 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10602 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10603 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10606 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10607 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10608 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10610 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10615 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10619 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10622 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10623 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10624 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10625 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10628 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10630 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10633 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10634 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10637 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10638 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10641 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10642 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10643 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10647 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10649 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10651 switch (note
->type
)
10654 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10655 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10657 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10660 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10663 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10665 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10666 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10667 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10671 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10672 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10675 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10676 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10679 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10680 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10683 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10684 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10686 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10687 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10688 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10692 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10693 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10697 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10705 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10709 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10712 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10719 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10721 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10724 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10726 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10728 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10729 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10730 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10732 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10733 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10734 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10741 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10745 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10746 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10748 switch (note
->type
)
10750 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10751 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10752 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10753 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10754 creates a core file. */
10755 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10756 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10757 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10758 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10759 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10761 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10762 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10763 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10764 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10771 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10772 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10773 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10776 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10780 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10782 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10783 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10785 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10786 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10787 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10788 switch (note
->type
)
10790 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10791 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10793 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10794 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10800 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10801 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10802 structure which lacks GBR. */
10805 switch (note
->type
)
10807 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10808 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10810 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10811 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10817 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10818 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10821 switch (note
->type
)
10823 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10824 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10826 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10827 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10837 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10839 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10842 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10843 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10844 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10846 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10847 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10848 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10850 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10851 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10852 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10858 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10860 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10861 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10863 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10866 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10867 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10869 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10872 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10873 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10875 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10877 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10882 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10883 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10884 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10893 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10895 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10902 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10905 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10908 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10909 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10911 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10912 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10914 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10915 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10917 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10921 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10922 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10923 thread just in case. */
10924 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10927 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10928 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10930 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10933 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10935 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10939 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10940 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10941 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10943 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10947 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10948 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10956 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10957 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10959 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10962 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10964 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10968 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10969 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10970 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10972 /* This is the current thread. */
10973 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10974 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10979 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10980 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10981 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10982 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10985 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10987 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10988 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10990 static long tid
= 1;
10992 switch (note
->type
)
10994 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10995 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10996 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10997 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10998 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10999 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11000 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11001 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11008 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11014 /* Use note name as section name. */
11015 len
= note
->namesz
;
11016 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11019 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11020 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11022 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11026 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11027 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11028 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11033 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11036 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11040 size of data for note
11042 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11043 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11044 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11045 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11048 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11051 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11059 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11066 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11068 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11070 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11073 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11074 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11075 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11076 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11077 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11078 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11082 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11090 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11100 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11101 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11102 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11103 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11104 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11105 be NULL terminated.
11106 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11107 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11108 the finer control available with later versions.
11109 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11110 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11111 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11112 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11113 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11114 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11115 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11118 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11122 const char *psargs
)
11124 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11126 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11129 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11130 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11135 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11136 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11137 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11139 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11141 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11144 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11147 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11148 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11149 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11150 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11151 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11156 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11158 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11161 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11164 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11165 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11166 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11167 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11168 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11170 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11175 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11176 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11180 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11181 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11182 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11184 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11186 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11188 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11189 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11190 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11194 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11196 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11197 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11198 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11203 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11204 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11205 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11207 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11209 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11211 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11213 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11217 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11219 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11220 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11221 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11226 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11233 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11235 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11238 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11240 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11245 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11246 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11247 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11249 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11251 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11252 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11253 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11254 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11255 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11256 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11263 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11264 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11265 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11266 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11267 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11268 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11270 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11276 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11278 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11285 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11286 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11288 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11289 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11290 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11291 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11292 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11293 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11294 #if !defined(gregs)
11295 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11296 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11298 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11299 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11302 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11303 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11305 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11307 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11309 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11313 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11314 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11316 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11317 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11318 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11320 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11324 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11325 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11326 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11327 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11335 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11336 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11337 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11338 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11342 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11345 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11348 const void *fpregs
,
11351 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11352 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11353 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11357 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11360 const void *xfpregs
,
11363 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11364 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11365 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11369 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11370 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11373 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11374 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11376 note_name
= "LINUX";
11377 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11378 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11382 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11385 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11388 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11389 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11390 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11394 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11397 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11400 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11401 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11402 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11406 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11409 const void *ppc_tar
,
11412 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11413 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11414 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11418 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11421 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11424 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11425 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11426 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11430 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11433 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11436 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11437 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11438 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11442 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11445 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11448 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11449 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11450 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11454 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11457 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11460 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11461 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11462 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11466 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11469 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11472 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11473 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11474 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11478 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11481 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11484 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11485 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11486 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11490 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11493 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11496 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11497 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11498 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11502 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11505 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11508 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11509 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11510 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11514 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11517 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11520 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11521 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11522 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11526 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11529 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11532 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11533 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11534 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11538 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11541 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11544 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11545 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11546 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11550 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11553 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11556 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11557 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11558 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11562 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11565 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11568 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11569 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11570 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11571 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11575 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11578 const void *s390_timer
,
11581 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11582 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11583 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11587 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11590 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11593 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11594 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11595 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11599 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11602 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11605 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11606 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11607 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11611 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11614 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11617 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11618 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11619 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11623 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11626 const void *s390_prefix
,
11629 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11630 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11631 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11635 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11638 const void *s390_last_break
,
11641 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11642 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11643 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11644 s390_last_break
, size
);
11648 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11651 const void *s390_system_call
,
11654 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11655 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11656 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11657 s390_system_call
, size
);
11661 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11664 const void *s390_tdb
,
11667 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11668 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11669 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11673 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11676 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11679 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11680 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11681 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11685 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11688 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11691 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11692 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11693 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11694 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11698 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11701 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11704 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11705 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11706 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11711 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11714 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11717 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11718 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11719 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11724 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11727 const void *arm_vfp
,
11730 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11731 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11732 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11736 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11739 const void *aarch_tls
,
11742 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11743 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11744 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11748 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11751 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11754 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11755 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11756 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11760 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11763 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11766 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11767 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11768 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11772 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11775 const void *aarch_sve
,
11778 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11779 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11780 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11784 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11787 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11790 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11791 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11792 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11796 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11799 const char *section
,
11803 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11804 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11805 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11806 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11807 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11808 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11809 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11810 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11811 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11812 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11813 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11814 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11815 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11816 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11817 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11818 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11819 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11820 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11821 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11822 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11823 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11824 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11825 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11826 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11827 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11828 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11829 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11830 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11831 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11832 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11833 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11834 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11835 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11836 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11837 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11838 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11839 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11840 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11841 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11842 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11843 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11844 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11845 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11846 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11847 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11848 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11849 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11850 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11851 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11852 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11853 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11854 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11855 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11856 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11857 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11858 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11859 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11860 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11861 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11862 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11863 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11864 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11865 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11866 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11867 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11868 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11869 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11870 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11871 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11872 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11873 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11874 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11875 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11876 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11881 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11886 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11887 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11888 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11889 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11892 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11896 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11898 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11899 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11901 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11904 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11906 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11907 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11908 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11911 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11912 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11913 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11915 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11916 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11919 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11926 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11929 const char * string
;
11931 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11935 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11936 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11937 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11938 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11939 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11940 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11941 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11943 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11946 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11948 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11949 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11950 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11952 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11961 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11963 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11966 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11967 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11969 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11975 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11982 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11987 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11990 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11993 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
11997 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11998 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12001 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12011 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12013 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12014 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12015 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12018 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12020 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12022 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12026 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12029 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12030 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12031 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12032 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12034 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12035 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12038 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12042 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12044 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12048 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12049 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12050 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12051 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12056 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12057 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12058 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12059 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12061 return reloc_class_normal
;
12064 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12065 relocation against a local symbol. */
12068 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12071 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12073 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12074 bfd_vma relocation
;
12076 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12077 + sec
->output_offset
12079 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12080 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12081 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12084 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12085 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12086 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12089 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12090 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12091 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12092 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12093 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12094 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12095 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12098 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12099 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12105 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12106 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12110 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12112 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12113 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12115 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12116 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12117 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12120 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12121 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12122 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12123 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12127 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12128 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12132 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12134 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12135 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12137 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12138 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12141 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12143 /* Reverse the offset. */
12144 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12145 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12147 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12148 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12149 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12150 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12156 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12157 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12158 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12159 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12160 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12161 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12163 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12164 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12165 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12166 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12167 the remote memory. */
12170 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12173 bfd_size_type size
,
12174 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12175 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12177 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12178 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12182 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12183 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12184 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12192 const char *relplt_name
;
12193 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12197 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12203 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12206 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12209 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12212 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12213 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12214 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12215 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12216 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12219 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12220 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12221 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12224 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12228 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12229 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12232 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12233 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12234 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12235 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12237 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12238 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12241 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12243 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12248 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12252 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12253 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12255 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12260 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12261 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12264 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12265 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12266 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12267 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12268 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12269 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12271 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12274 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12275 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12277 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12281 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12282 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12283 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12284 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12287 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12290 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12291 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12298 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12299 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12300 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12301 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12302 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12303 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12304 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12305 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12308 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12310 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12312 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12314 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12315 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12317 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12318 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12319 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12320 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12322 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12323 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12324 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12325 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12327 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12328 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12329 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12330 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12331 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12332 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12333 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12341 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12342 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12343 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12346 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12348 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12349 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12352 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12353 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12354 otherwise return zero. */
12357 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12360 bfd_size_type size
;
12362 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12363 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12364 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12367 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12369 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12370 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12376 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12377 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12379 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12380 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12381 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12383 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12386 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12387 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12389 unsigned int shindex
)
12391 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12392 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12395 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12396 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12398 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12399 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12402 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12405 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12407 asymbol
** symbols
)
12409 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12411 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12412 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12414 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12415 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12416 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12419 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12421 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12422 associated with SEC. */
12423 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12425 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12427 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12428 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12430 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12431 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12432 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12433 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12435 unsigned int entsize
;
12436 unsigned int symcount
;
12437 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12440 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12443 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12444 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12445 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12447 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12449 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12450 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12456 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12457 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12459 free (native_relocs
);
12460 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12465 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12466 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12468 free (native_relocs
);
12473 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12474 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12477 free (native_relocs
);
12478 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12479 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12484 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12486 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12487 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12489 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12492 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12494 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12496 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12497 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12498 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12499 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12500 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12501 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12503 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12505 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12507 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12508 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12509 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12510 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12512 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12515 /* xgettext:c-format */
12516 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12517 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12519 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12520 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12527 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12529 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12530 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12531 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12534 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12536 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12537 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12539 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12540 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12547 free (native_relocs
);
12548 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12549 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12556 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12559 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12560 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12561 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12567 if (isection
== NULL
)
12570 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12573 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12577 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12581 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
== NULL
);
12582 elf_section_data (osec
)->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12583 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12584 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12585 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12587 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12589 /* xgettext:c-format */
12590 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12592 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12596 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12597 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12598 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12601 /* xgettext:c-format */
12602 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12604 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12608 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12610 if (isection
== NULL
12611 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12612 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12615 /* xgettext:c-format */
12616 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12622 osection
->sh_info
=
12623 elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12625 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12626 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12627 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12633 /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */
12636 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12638 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12639 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12641 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12642 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12647 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12648 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12649 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12652 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12654 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12655 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12656 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12658 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12659 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12661 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12662 associated with SEC. */
12663 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12665 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12666 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12668 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12669 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12671 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12673 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12675 arelent
* src_irel
;
12676 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12678 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12681 /* xgettext:c-format */
12682 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12689 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12690 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12693 /* xgettext:c-format */
12694 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12701 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12702 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12705 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12706 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12707 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12711 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12712 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12713 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12716 /* xgettext:c-format */
12717 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12719 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12724 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= hdr
->sh_entsize
)
12726 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12731 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12735 /* xgettext:c-format */
12736 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12737 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12738 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12743 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12745 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12750 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12752 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12756 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12760 /* xgettext:c-format */
12761 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12762 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12772 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12773 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12774 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12777 /* xgettext:c-format */
12778 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12779 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12786 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12787 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12790 /* xgettext:c-format */
12791 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12792 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12793 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12795 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12798 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12799 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12800 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);